1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
113 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
114 struct symtab_and_line
,
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
119 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
124 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
125 struct obj_section
*, int);
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
129 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
133 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
136 struct address_space
*aspace
,
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
164 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
166 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
191 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
239 /* The reference count. */
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line
*commands
;
246 struct command_line
*
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
249 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
263 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
265 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
275 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
278 fprintf_filtered (file
,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
291 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
294 fprintf_filtered (file
,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
310 fprintf_filtered (file
,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
321 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto
,
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
333 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
335 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
336 fprintf_filtered (file
,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
342 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
349 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
392 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
396 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
400 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
421 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
425 static int breakpoint_count
;
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
435 static int tracepoint_count
;
437 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
438 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
439 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
445 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
453 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
454 breakpoint_count
= num
;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
477 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
485 struct breakpoint
*b
;
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
494 static struct counted_command_line
*
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
497 struct counted_command_line
*result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
501 result
->commands
= commands
;
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
523 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
543 static struct cleanup
*
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
556 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
558 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
559 int default_breakpoint_line
;
560 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
567 get_breakpoint (int num
)
569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
572 if (b
->number
== num
)
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
584 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
586 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
591 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
592 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
608 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
610 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
612 innermost_block
= NULL
;
614 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
621 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
638 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
648 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
653 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
677 struct command_line
*c
;
679 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
683 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
687 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
693 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
696 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
706 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
707 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
717 struct command_line
*commands
)
719 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line
*c
;
726 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
727 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
729 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
731 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
747 struct command_line
*c2
;
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
750 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
751 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
753 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
770 struct breakpoint
*b
;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
772 struct bp_location
*loc
;
775 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
777 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
778 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
790 struct command_line
*commands
)
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
795 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
807 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
810 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
820 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
823 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
833 int old_task
= b
->task
;
836 if (old_task
!= task
)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
843 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
845 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line
*control
;
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
865 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
874 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
876 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
878 struct command_line
*l
;
880 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
881 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
884 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
887 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
891 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
893 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
896 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
899 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
902 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
907 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
912 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
920 struct command_line
*control
)
922 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
923 struct commands_info info
;
925 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
926 info
.control
= control
;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
932 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
934 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
935 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
937 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
938 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
953 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
959 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
962 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
966 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
968 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
979 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
980 return simple_control
;
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
988 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
992 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1017 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1024 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1025 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1027 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1029 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1030 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1041 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1064 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1069 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1071 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1084 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1092 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1097 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1098 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1100 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1105 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1115 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1119 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1125 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1126 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1136 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1148 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1164 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1177 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1179 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1180 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1181 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1182 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1183 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1185 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1243 int within_current_scope
;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1255 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1262 within_current_scope
= 1;
1265 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1281 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1283 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1284 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1285 if (within_current_scope
)
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1294 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1303 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1304 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b
->val
);
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1318 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1320 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1325 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1340 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1343 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1344 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1354 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1360 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1371 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1373 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1384 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1386 addr
= value_address (v
);
1387 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1389 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1391 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1394 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1395 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1398 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1400 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1401 loc
->address
= addr
;
1403 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1416 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1418 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1422 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1435 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1436 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1438 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (b
->type
, &other_type_used
);
1439 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b
->type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1441 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode
= (!b
->ops
|| !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
));
1448 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1455 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1458 else if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1463 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1465 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1467 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1468 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1471 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1473 next
= value_next (v
);
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1484 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1485 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1486 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1487 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1488 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1491 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1511 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1514 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1517 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1547 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1548 int *disabled_breaks
,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1558 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1559 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1560 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1562 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1565 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1585 struct mem_region
*mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1594 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1595 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1597 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1599 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1601 static int said
= 0;
1603 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1614 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1624 || bl
->section
== NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1629 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1630 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1633 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1650 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1654 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1655 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1656 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1669 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1672 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1690 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1701 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1707 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val
));
1736 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1741 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1742 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1750 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1757 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1762 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1763 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1770 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1771 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1779 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1782 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1784 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1785 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1787 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1790 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1800 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1818 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1819 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1824 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1832 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1834 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1838 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1840 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1841 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1843 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1884 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1885 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1888 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1891 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1922 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1932 int some_failed
= 0;
1933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1941 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1944 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1945 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1952 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1956 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1984 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1990 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2000 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2002 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2006 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2011 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2022 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2023 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2025 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2026 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2027 struct inferior
*inf
;
2028 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2030 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2034 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2035 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2037 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2039 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2044 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2050 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2074 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2078 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2082 static struct breakpoint
*
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2084 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2089 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2092 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2093 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2095 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2096 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2097 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2124 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2134 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2145 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2148 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2154 return bp_objfile_data
;
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2160 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2161 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2165 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2169 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2174 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2176 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2178 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2185 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2188 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2189 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2191 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2193 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2195 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2196 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2200 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2201 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2210 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2211 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2213 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2217 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2224 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2227 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2231 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2233 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2236 const char *func_name
;
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2242 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2245 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2247 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2254 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2257 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2258 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
2259 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2260 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2273 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2274 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2275 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2277 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2281 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2288 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2291 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2296 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2298 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2300 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2301 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2308 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2311 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2312 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2314 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2330 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2339 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2344 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2346 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2348 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2350 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2351 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2357 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2360 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2361 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2364 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2365 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2375 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2386 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2391 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2397 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2411 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2414 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2421 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2427 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2430 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2434 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2469 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2477 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2493 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2495 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2498 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2505 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2509 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2533 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2541 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2550 || bl
->section
== NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2555 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2556 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2558 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2573 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2576 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2587 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2594 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2614 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2616 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2618 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2619 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2621 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2622 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2629 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2633 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2634 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2636 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2640 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2650 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2655 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2663 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2667 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2678 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2681 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2700 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2701 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2703 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2714 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2720 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2735 case bp_shlib_event
:
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2751 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2762 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2767 value_free (b
->val
);
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2801 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2806 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2812 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2822 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2826 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2834 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2837 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2853 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2857 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2901 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2928 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2934 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2941 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2942 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2948 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2970 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2976 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2982 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2988 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2989 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2993 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2999 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3000 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3022 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3031 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3032 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3067 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3072 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3074 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3075 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3078 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3080 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3081 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3103 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3105 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3133 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3137 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3146 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3149 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3150 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3152 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3165 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3175 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3199 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3208 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3215 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3216 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3218 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3219 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3220 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3233 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3236 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3237 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3241 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3306 struct value_print_options opts
;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3308 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3336 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3338 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3339 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3341 enum print_stop_action result
;
3343 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3345 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3346 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3348 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3349 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3355 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3356 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3362 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3364 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3373 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3376 case bp_shlib_event
:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3384 case bp_thread_event
:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3391 case bp_overlay_event
:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3397 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3410 case bp_exception_master
:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3448 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3452 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3479 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3490 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3498 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3505 case bp_exception_resume
:
3506 case bp_step_resume
:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3510 case bp_std_terminate
:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
3517 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3534 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3547 case print_it_normal
:
3549 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3559 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3561 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3603 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3604 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3623 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3624 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3637 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3639 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3640 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3641 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3642 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3646 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3648 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3668 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3679 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3691 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3693 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3694 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc
->owner
))
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3699 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3701 if (newaddr
== start
)
3703 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3712 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3744 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3746 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3747 int within_current_scope
;
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3751 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3761 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3762 within_current_scope
= 1;
3765 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3781 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3782 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope
)
3788 struct symbol
*function
;
3790 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3791 if (function
== NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3794 within_current_scope
= 0;
3797 if (within_current_scope
)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3804 if (within_current_scope
)
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3813 struct value
*new_val
;
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3821 mark
= value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3829 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3831 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3833 release_value (new_val
);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3836 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3864 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3884 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3886 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3891 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
)
3892 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3900 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3906 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3920 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3923 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3925 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3927 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3942 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3943 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3947 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3948 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3949 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3953 int must_check_value
= 0;
3955 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3958 must_check_value
= 1;
3959 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3963 must_check_value
= 1;
3964 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value
= 1;
3972 if (must_check_value
)
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3977 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3978 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3989 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3993 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4029 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4031 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4033 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4036 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4038 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4041 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4053 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4059 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4100 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4101 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4102 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4106 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4107 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4108 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4110 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4115 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4116 struct expression
*cond
;
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4121 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4128 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4130 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4137 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4149 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4165 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4167 select_frame (frame
);
4169 within_current_scope
= 0;
4171 if (within_current_scope
)
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4188 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4192 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4196 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4231 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4232 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4233 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4239 int need_remove_insert
;
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4254 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4264 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4273 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4286 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4287 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4291 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4295 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4299 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4309 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4318 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4320 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4321 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4337 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4338 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4343 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4345 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4346 if (bs
->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4350 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4352 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4359 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4366 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4368 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4370 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4373 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4377 if (need_remove_insert
)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any
)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4388 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4389 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4395 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4410 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event
= 0;
4418 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4419 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4420 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4422 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4429 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4435 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4438 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4451 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4478 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4481 case bp_exception_resume
:
4482 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4483 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4485 case bp_step_resume
:
4487 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4504 case bp_thread_event
:
4505 case bp_overlay_event
:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4508 case bp_exception_master
:
4509 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4515 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4517 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4525 case bp_shlib_event
:
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4533 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4535 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4545 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4547 case bp_std_terminate
:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4559 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4572 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4576 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4597 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4611 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4613 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4638 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4649 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4665 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4666 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4670 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4672 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4674 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4675 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4676 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4681 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4691 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4693 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4695 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4701 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4703 else if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4722 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4732 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4733 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4750 struct ep_type_description
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4757 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until
, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4790 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4791 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4796 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4803 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4805 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4808 struct command_line
*l
;
4809 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4811 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4813 struct value_print_options opts
;
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4817 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4822 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4823 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4831 if (part_of_multiple
)
4834 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4845 if (part_of_multiple
)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4852 if (part_of_multiple
)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4860 if (part_of_multiple
)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4869 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4875 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4905 case bp_exception_resume
:
4906 case bp_step_resume
:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4910 case bp_std_terminate
:
4911 case bp_shlib_event
:
4912 case bp_thread_event
:
4913 case bp_overlay_event
:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4916 case bp_exception_master
:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4923 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4926 if (header_of_multiple
)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4932 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4955 struct inferior
*inf
;
4958 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4960 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4965 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4968 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4974 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4976 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4983 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4985 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4992 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->print_one_detail
)
4993 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4995 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4997 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4999 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5005 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5012 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5016 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5030 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5038 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5044 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5047 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5050 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5059 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5067 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5070 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5073 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5078 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5090 else if (b
->exp_string
)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5097 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5100 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5102 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5121 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5123 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5126 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5128 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5140 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5141 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5143 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5152 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5153 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5154 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5157 return print_address_bits
;
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5170 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5174 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5185 char **error_message
)
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5193 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5205 return b
->number
> 0;
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5217 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5220 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5222 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5223 struct value_print_options opts
;
5224 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5242 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5244 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5248 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5250 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5252 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5253 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5254 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5256 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5257 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5258 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5264 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5294 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5318 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5320 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5325 else /* all others */
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5333 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5345 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5348 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5355 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5375 if (!*default_collect
)
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5388 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5390 default_collect_info ();
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5396 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5398 if (num_printed
== 0)
5400 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5403 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5410 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5412 default_collect_info ();
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5417 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5420 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5422 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5424 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5425 && bl
->address
== pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5438 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5439 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5445 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5457 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5463 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5464 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5466 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5470 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5486 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5488 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5490 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5511 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5513 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5521 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5536 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5537 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5538 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5541 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5542 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5552 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5553 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5554 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5564 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5567 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5578 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5582 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5583 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5593 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5600 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5610 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5612 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5618 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5619 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5621 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5628 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5629 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5634 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5641 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5664 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5694 static struct bp_location
*
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5697 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5699 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5700 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5704 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5715 case bp_exception_resume
:
5716 case bp_step_resume
:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5720 case bp_std_terminate
:
5721 case bp_shlib_event
:
5722 case bp_thread_event
:
5723 case bp_overlay_event
:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5727 case bp_exception_master
:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5730 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5733 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5738 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5745 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5761 if (loc
->function_name
)
5762 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5783 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5788 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5793 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
5795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5796 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5798 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5800 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5809 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5812 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5813 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5816 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5819 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5820 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5821 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5823 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5826 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5828 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5829 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5831 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5832 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5833 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5835 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5838 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5839 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5840 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5843 static struct breakpoint
*
5844 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5847 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5849 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
);
5854 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5855 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5859 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5861 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5863 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5864 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5865 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5869 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5870 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5872 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5874 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5876 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5877 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5878 &loc
->requested_address
))
5880 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5881 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5882 loc
->requested_address
,
5885 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5886 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5888 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5889 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5890 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5894 if (loc
->function_name
)
5895 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5899 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5900 static struct gdbarch
*
5901 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5904 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5906 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5911 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5912 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5913 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. The newly created
5914 and partially initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint
5917 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5918 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5919 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5920 particular, init_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint number!
5921 Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur prior to
5922 completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this should
5923 happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5926 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5927 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5929 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5930 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5932 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
);
5934 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5936 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5938 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5939 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5941 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5942 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5943 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5944 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5945 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5946 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5947 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5950 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5951 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5952 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5953 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5954 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5956 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5957 breakpoint resetting. */
5958 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5960 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5961 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5963 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5964 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5965 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5967 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
,
5968 sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.explicit_line
);
5970 breakpoints_changed ();
5973 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5974 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5975 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5976 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5977 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5978 is also returned as the value of this function.
5980 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5981 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5982 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5983 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5984 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5985 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5986 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5989 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5990 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5992 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5994 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
);
5999 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6000 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6002 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6004 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6006 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
6008 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6009 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6010 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6011 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6012 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6013 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6017 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6018 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6019 initiated the operation. */
6022 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
6024 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6025 int thread
= tp
->num
;
6027 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6028 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6029 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6030 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6032 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6033 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
6034 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
6036 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6038 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
6039 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6042 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6045 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6047 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6049 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6052 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6054 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6055 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6060 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6062 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6065 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6067 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6068 update_global_location_list (1);
6069 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6074 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6076 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6079 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6081 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6082 update_global_location_list (0);
6083 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6087 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6088 master breakpoint. */
6090 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6092 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6095 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6096 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6098 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6099 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
6103 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6105 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6107 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6109 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6110 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6111 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6115 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6117 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6119 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
6121 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6122 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6124 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6126 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6132 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6134 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6137 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6138 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6139 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6142 struct lang_and_radix
6148 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6151 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6155 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
6156 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6160 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6163 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6165 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6167 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6168 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6169 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6170 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6174 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6176 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6178 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6179 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6180 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6181 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6185 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6187 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6189 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
6190 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6194 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6195 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6198 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6200 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6204 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6205 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6207 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6208 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6209 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6210 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6211 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6212 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6213 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6214 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6215 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6216 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6217 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6219 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6221 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6225 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6230 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6231 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6235 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6237 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6238 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6240 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6241 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6242 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6243 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6244 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6245 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6248 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6250 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6251 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6253 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6254 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6255 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6256 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6257 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6258 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6259 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6260 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6262 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6263 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6264 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6265 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6268 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6269 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6271 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6273 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6274 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6275 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6278 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6283 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6285 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6286 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6287 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6288 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6289 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6291 struct fork_catchpoint
6293 /* The base class. */
6294 struct breakpoint base
;
6296 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6297 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6298 catchpoint has triggered. */
6299 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
6302 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6306 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6308 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6311 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6315 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6317 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6320 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6324 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6325 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6327 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6329 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6332 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6335 static enum print_stop_action
6336 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6338 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6340 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6341 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6342 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6343 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6346 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6350 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6352 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6353 struct value_print_options opts
;
6355 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6357 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6358 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6360 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6361 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6363 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6364 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6366 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6368 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6369 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6373 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6377 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6379 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6382 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6386 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6388 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6391 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6393 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6398 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6399 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6400 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6401 print_it_catch_fork
,
6402 print_one_catch_fork
,
6403 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6404 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6405 print_recreate_catch_fork
6408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6412 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6414 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6417 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6421 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6423 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6426 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6430 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6431 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6433 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6435 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &c
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6438 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6441 static enum print_stop_action
6442 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6444 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6446 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6447 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6448 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6449 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6452 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6456 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6458 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6459 struct value_print_options opts
;
6461 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6462 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6463 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6465 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6466 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6469 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6471 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6472 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6473 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6474 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6478 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6482 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6484 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6487 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6491 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6493 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6496 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6498 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6503 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6504 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6505 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6506 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6507 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6508 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6509 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6510 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6513 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6514 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6515 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6516 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6517 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6519 struct syscall_catchpoint
6521 /* The base class. */
6522 struct breakpoint base
;
6524 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6525 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6526 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6527 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6528 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
6531 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6535 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6537 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6539 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
6542 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6546 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6548 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6549 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6551 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6552 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6553 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6559 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6564 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6566 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6567 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6568 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6570 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6571 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6573 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6574 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6576 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6577 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6581 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6582 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6583 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6584 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6585 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6588 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6592 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6594 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6595 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6597 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6598 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6599 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6605 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6609 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6610 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6612 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6613 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6617 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6618 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6619 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6620 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6622 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6625 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6629 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6630 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6632 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6633 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6634 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6635 int syscall_number
= 0;
6636 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
6637 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6639 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6642 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6643 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6648 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6650 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6660 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6663 static enum print_stop_action
6664 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6666 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6667 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6668 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6669 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6671 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6673 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6676 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6678 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6680 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6683 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6685 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6687 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6689 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6690 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6691 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6692 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6693 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6694 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6696 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6698 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6701 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6705 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6706 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6708 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6709 struct value_print_options opts
;
6711 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6712 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6713 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6715 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6716 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6719 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6720 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6721 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6723 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6725 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6728 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6731 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6736 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6739 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6741 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6743 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6744 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6748 /* Remove the last comma. */
6749 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6750 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6753 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6754 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6757 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6761 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6763 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6765 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6769 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6770 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6772 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6775 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6779 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6782 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6784 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6786 printf_filtered (")");
6789 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6793 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6797 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6799 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
6801 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6803 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6808 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6813 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6824 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6827 insert_catch_syscall
,
6828 remove_catch_syscall
,
6829 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6830 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6831 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6832 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6833 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6834 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6835 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6836 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6839 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6842 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6844 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6847 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6848 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6849 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6850 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6853 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6854 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6856 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6858 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6860 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6863 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6865 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6866 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6867 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6869 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6871 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6872 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6873 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6877 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6878 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6879 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6880 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6882 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6883 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6884 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6885 to the catchpoint. */
6887 static struct breakpoint
*
6888 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6890 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6892 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6894 init_catchpoint (b
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6898 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6900 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6901 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6902 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6903 to the catchpoint. */
6905 static struct breakpoint
*
6906 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6907 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6909 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6910 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6913 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6914 update_global_location_list (1);
6920 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6921 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6922 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6924 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
6926 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6928 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6931 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c
->base
);
6932 update_global_location_list (1);
6935 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6938 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6940 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6944 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6946 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6950 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6951 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6953 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->exec_pathname
);
6956 static enum print_stop_action
6957 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6959 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6960 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6962 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6966 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6968 struct value_print_options opts
;
6970 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6972 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6973 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6974 is relatively readable). */
6975 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6976 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6978 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6979 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6981 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6982 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6983 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6988 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6990 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6993 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6997 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6999 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
7002 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
7007 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
7008 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
7009 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
7010 print_it_catch_exec
,
7011 print_one_catch_exec
,
7012 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
7013 print_mention_catch_exec
,
7014 print_recreate_catch_exec
7018 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
7019 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7021 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
7022 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7024 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
7025 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
7026 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
7028 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
7031 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (&c
->base
);
7032 update_global_location_list (1);
7036 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7039 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7040 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7044 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7045 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7047 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7049 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
7050 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7060 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
7063 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7064 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7066 *other_type_used
= 0;
7069 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7072 if (b
->type
== type
)
7073 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7075 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7077 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
7078 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7082 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7083 *other_type_used
= 1;
7090 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7092 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7096 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7098 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
7099 update_global_location_list (0);
7105 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7107 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7111 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7113 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7114 update_global_location_list (1);
7120 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7122 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7127 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7130 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7131 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7132 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7134 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7140 update_global_location_list (0);
7142 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7146 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7148 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7151 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7155 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7158 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7159 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7160 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
7162 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7168 breakpoint_re_set ();
7172 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7173 at address specified by SAL.
7174 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7177 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7178 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7180 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7182 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7184 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7186 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7187 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7188 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7189 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7191 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7192 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7194 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7195 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7197 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7202 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7206 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7208 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7210 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7214 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
7215 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7216 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7218 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7219 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7220 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7221 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7222 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7224 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
7225 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
7227 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
7229 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
7230 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7231 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7232 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7234 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7235 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7236 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7238 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7243 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7246 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7248 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7250 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7251 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7253 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7257 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7260 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7263 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
7264 struct value_print_options opts
;
7266 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7268 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
7269 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7274 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7278 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
7279 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7280 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7281 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7282 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7283 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7285 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7286 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7287 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7289 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7290 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7291 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7293 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7294 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7295 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
7296 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7297 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7298 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7299 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7301 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7302 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7303 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
7304 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7305 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7306 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7307 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7310 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7311 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7316 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7317 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7319 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7320 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7321 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
7322 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7325 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7326 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7331 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7335 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7340 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7344 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7345 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7350 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7351 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7354 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7355 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7360 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7361 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7368 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7370 case bp_exception_resume
:
7371 case bp_step_resume
:
7372 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7374 case bp_std_terminate
:
7375 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7376 case bp_shlib_event
:
7377 case bp_thread_event
:
7378 case bp_overlay_event
:
7380 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7381 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7382 case bp_exception_master
:
7383 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7389 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7393 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7397 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7399 printf_filtered (" at ");
7400 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7404 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7405 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7409 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7411 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7413 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7420 printf_filtered ("\n");
7424 static struct bp_location
*
7425 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7426 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7428 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7430 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7431 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7434 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7436 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7437 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7438 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7439 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7440 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7441 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7442 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7444 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7445 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7450 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7451 return 0 otherwise. */
7454 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7458 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7459 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7460 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7463 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7465 addr
= loc
->address
;
7466 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7468 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7472 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7474 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7475 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7476 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7477 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7479 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7480 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7482 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7483 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7486 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7493 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7494 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7495 as condition expression. */
7498 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7499 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7501 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7502 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7503 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7504 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7506 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7509 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7511 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7512 int target_resources_ok
=
7513 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7515 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7516 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7517 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7518 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7521 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7523 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7525 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7526 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7530 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7532 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7534 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7535 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7540 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7541 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7545 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7546 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7547 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7548 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7549 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7551 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7553 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7555 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7557 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7558 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7559 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7564 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7566 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7568 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7569 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7571 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7573 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7575 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7577 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7578 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7580 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7582 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7585 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7586 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7589 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7590 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7591 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7592 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7598 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7601 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7602 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7606 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7607 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7609 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7613 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7615 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7617 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7620 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7623 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7624 notify observers. */
7627 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7630 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7631 elements to fill the void space. */
7633 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7635 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7636 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7638 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7639 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7644 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7645 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7646 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7647 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7648 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7649 single expanded sal, return the original.
7651 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7652 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7653 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7654 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7655 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7657 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7658 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7660 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7661 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7662 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7665 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7667 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7668 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7669 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7672 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7673 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7679 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7681 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7683 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7685 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7686 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7688 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7690 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7691 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7692 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7694 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7695 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7696 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7697 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7698 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7702 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7704 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7705 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7707 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7708 char *this_function
;
7710 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7712 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7714 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7715 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7718 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7720 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7727 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7728 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7729 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7731 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7733 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7735 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7736 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7739 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7741 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7742 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7743 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7750 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7751 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7762 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7763 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7764 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7765 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7766 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7767 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7768 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7769 we take just a single condition string.
7771 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7772 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7773 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7774 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7775 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7778 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7779 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
7780 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7782 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7783 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7784 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7785 int enabled
, int internal
)
7789 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7791 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7792 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7794 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
->canonical
[i
],
7795 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7796 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7797 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7798 canonical
->special_display
);
7802 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7803 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7804 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7805 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7807 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7808 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7811 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7812 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7813 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7815 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7817 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7819 if ((*address
) == NULL
7820 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7822 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7824 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7826 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7827 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7828 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7829 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7830 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7831 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7832 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7833 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7835 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7836 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7837 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7838 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7839 with the same symtab and line. */
7840 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7842 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7846 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7850 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7851 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7852 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7853 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7855 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7856 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7858 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7860 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7862 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7863 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7864 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7865 default_breakpoint_line
, canonical
);
7867 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7870 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7871 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && canonical
->canonical
== NULL
)
7872 canonical
->canonical
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7873 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7877 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7879 /* Add the string if not present. */
7880 if (canonical
->canonical
[i
] == NULL
)
7881 canonical
->canonical
[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7882 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7888 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7889 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7892 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7896 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7897 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7900 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7901 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7902 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7903 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7904 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7908 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7909 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7912 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7914 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7916 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7918 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7920 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7922 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7925 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7926 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7928 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7932 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7933 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7934 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7935 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7936 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7937 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7939 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7940 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7942 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7948 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7949 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7951 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7953 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7955 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7957 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7959 struct expression
*expr
;
7961 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7962 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7965 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7966 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7968 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7974 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7976 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7977 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7978 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7980 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7986 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7988 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7989 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7990 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7993 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7997 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7999 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8000 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
8002 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
8003 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8004 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8006 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8007 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8012 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8014 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8016 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8017 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
8019 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
8020 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
8021 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
8023 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
8024 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
8026 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8028 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
8030 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
8032 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
8034 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
8035 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
8037 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
8040 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8046 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8047 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8048 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8049 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8050 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8051 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8052 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8053 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8054 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8058 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8059 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
8060 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
8061 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
8063 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
8064 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8065 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
8067 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
8068 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8069 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
8071 char *addr_start
= arg
;
8072 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8073 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8074 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
8078 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
8082 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
8084 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
8088 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
8090 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
8091 canonical
.canonical
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char *));
8092 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8093 canonical
.canonical
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
8097 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
8099 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals
, &canonical
);
8102 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8106 throw_exception (e
);
8110 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
8112 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8115 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
8116 throw_exception (e
);
8118 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
8120 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8121 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8122 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8123 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8124 "future shared library load? ")))
8127 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8128 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8129 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8130 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8131 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
8132 canonical
.canonical
= ©_arg
;
8134 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
8139 throw_exception (e
);
8149 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8150 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8154 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8155 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8157 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8158 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
);
8161 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8162 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8163 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8164 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8165 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8167 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8168 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8169 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8171 if (canonical
.canonical
[i
] != NULL
)
8172 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
[i
]);
8175 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8176 are ok for the target. */
8178 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
8180 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8181 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8182 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
8184 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8185 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8189 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8191 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8192 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8193 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8194 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8197 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8200 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8204 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8207 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8208 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8212 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8213 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8214 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8215 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8216 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8217 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8218 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
8219 && is_marker_spec (canonical
.canonical
[0]))
8223 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8225 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
8226 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
8227 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8230 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8231 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
8232 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
8234 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
.canonical
[i
],
8235 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8236 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8237 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8238 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
8239 canonical
.special_display
);
8241 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8243 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8245 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
8247 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
8248 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
8250 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8251 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8252 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8253 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8254 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8255 corresponds to this one */
8256 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
8260 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
8262 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8263 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
8268 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8270 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8272 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
8273 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8275 b
->addr_string
= canonical
.canonical
[0];
8276 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8277 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8278 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8279 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8281 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8282 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8283 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
8285 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
8286 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
8287 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
8288 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
8291 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8292 but do notify observers. */
8294 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8299 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8300 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8301 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8304 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8306 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8307 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8308 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8310 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8311 update_global_location_list (1);
8316 /* Set a breakpoint.
8317 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8318 condition, and thread.
8319 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8320 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8324 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8326 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8327 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8328 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8331 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8333 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8334 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8335 0 /* Ignore count */,
8336 pending_break_support
,
8337 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8344 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8347 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8351 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8353 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8354 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8355 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8358 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8359 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8360 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8361 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8364 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8366 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8370 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8373 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8376 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8377 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8381 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8382 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8383 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8384 happen in assembly source). */
8386 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8387 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8389 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8391 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8393 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8395 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8402 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8404 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8408 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8410 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8414 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8416 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8420 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8422 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8426 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8428 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8429 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8430 stop at <line>\n"));
8434 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8438 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8440 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8445 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8446 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8447 function/method name. */
8448 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8450 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8455 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8457 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8461 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8463 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8467 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8471 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8478 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8479 it is probably a line number. */
8480 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8482 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8487 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8489 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8493 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8495 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8498 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8499 ranged breakpoints. */
8502 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8503 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8506 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8507 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8510 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8511 ranged breakpoints. */
8514 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8516 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8519 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8520 ranged breakpoints. */
8522 static enum print_stop_action
8523 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8525 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8527 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8529 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8530 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8532 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8533 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8534 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8537 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8539 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8540 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8541 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8543 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8544 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8546 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8549 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8550 ranged breakpoints. */
8553 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8554 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8556 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8557 struct value_print_options opts
;
8559 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8560 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8562 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8564 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8565 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8566 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8567 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8569 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8573 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8574 ranged breakpoints. */
8577 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8578 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8580 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8581 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8582 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8583 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8587 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8588 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8590 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8591 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8592 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8593 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8594 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8595 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8597 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8600 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8601 ranged breakpoints. */
8604 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8606 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8609 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8611 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8614 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8615 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8616 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8619 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8620 ranged breakpoints. */
8623 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8626 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8629 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8631 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
=
8636 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
,
8637 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
,
8638 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
8639 print_it_ranged_breakpoint
,
8640 print_one_ranged_breakpoint
,
8641 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
,
8642 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
,
8643 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8646 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8647 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8648 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8649 last instruction of the given line. */
8652 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8656 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8657 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8658 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8665 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8667 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8669 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8676 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8679 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8681 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8682 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8683 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8686 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8687 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start
, sals_end
;
8688 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8690 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8691 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8692 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8694 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8695 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8696 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8699 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8701 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8702 error(_("No address range specified."));
8704 sals_start
.sals
= NULL
;
8705 sals_start
.nelts
= 0;
8706 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8708 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8711 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals_start
, &canonical_start
);
8713 sal_start
= sals_start
.sals
[0];
8714 addr_string_start
= canonical_start
.canonical
[0];
8715 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8716 xfree (sals_start
.sals
);
8717 xfree (canonical_start
.canonical
);
8720 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8721 else if (sals_start
.nelts
== 0)
8722 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8723 else if (sals_start
.nelts
!= 1)
8724 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8726 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start
);
8728 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8729 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8732 /* Parse the end location. */
8734 sals_end
.sals
= NULL
;
8736 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8739 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8740 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8741 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8742 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8743 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8744 sals_end
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8747 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8748 if (canonical_end
.canonical
== NULL
)
8749 canonical_end
.canonical
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8750 /* Add the string if not present. */
8751 if (arg_start
!= arg
&& canonical_end
.canonical
[0] == NULL
)
8752 canonical_end
.canonical
[0] = savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8754 sal_end
= sals_end
.sals
[0];
8755 addr_string_end
= canonical_end
.canonical
[0];
8756 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8757 xfree (sals_end
.sals
);
8758 xfree (canonical_end
.canonical
);
8760 if (sals_end
.nelts
== 0)
8761 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8762 else if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 1)
8763 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8765 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end
);
8767 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8768 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8769 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8771 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8773 /* Length overflowed. */
8774 error (_("Address range too large."));
8775 else if (length
== 1)
8777 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8778 the `hbreak' command. */
8779 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8781 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8786 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8787 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8788 bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8789 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8790 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8791 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8792 b
->addr_string
= addr_string_start
;
8793 b
->addr_string_range_end
= addr_string_end
;
8794 b
->ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8795 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8797 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8800 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8801 update_global_location_list (1);
8804 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8805 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8806 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8809 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8817 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8818 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8821 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8831 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8832 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8833 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8834 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8835 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8837 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8853 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8865 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8868 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8869 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8872 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8873 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8874 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8875 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8877 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8878 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8883 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8885 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8886 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8887 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8888 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8890 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8891 are always constant. */
8893 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8895 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8896 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8897 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8902 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8903 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8904 then it is not a constant. */
8913 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8916 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8918 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8920 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8921 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8924 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8927 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8929 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8931 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8932 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8935 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8936 hardware watchpoints. */
8939 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8941 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8943 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8946 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8947 hardware watchpoints. */
8950 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8952 return b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8955 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8957 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8962 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8963 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8964 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
,
8965 NULL
, /* print_it */
8966 NULL
, /* print_one */
8967 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
8968 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8969 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8972 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8973 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8976 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8978 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8979 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8982 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8983 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8986 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8988 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8989 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8992 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8993 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8996 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8998 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
,
8999 bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
);
9002 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9003 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9006 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9011 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9012 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9014 static enum print_stop_action
9015 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9017 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9018 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9022 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9023 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9024 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9027 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9030 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9034 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9037 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9038 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9041 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9044 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9045 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9049 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
9050 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9051 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9052 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9054 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9055 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9058 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9059 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9062 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9063 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9065 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9066 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9068 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
9069 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
9070 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9073 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9074 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9077 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9079 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
9083 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9084 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9085 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
9087 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9088 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9089 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
9091 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9092 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9093 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
9096 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9097 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9100 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
9101 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
9102 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
9103 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
9106 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9107 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9110 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9116 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
9119 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
9122 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
9126 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9127 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9130 sprintf_vma (tmp
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
9131 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", b
->exp_string
, tmp
);
9134 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9136 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
9139 insert_masked_watchpoint
,
9140 remove_masked_watchpoint
,
9141 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9142 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
,
9143 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
,
9144 print_it_masked_watchpoint
,
9145 NULL
, /* print_one */
9146 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
,
9147 print_mention_masked_watchpoint
,
9148 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9151 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9154 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9156 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9159 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9160 hw_read: watch read,
9161 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9163 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9164 int just_location
, int internal
)
9166 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9167 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9168 struct expression
*exp
;
9169 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9170 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9171 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9172 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9173 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9174 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9176 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9177 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9178 enum bptype bp_type
;
9181 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9182 the hardware watchpoint. */
9186 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9187 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9191 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9192 of the arguments string. */
9193 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9195 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9196 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9199 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9200 This is the value of the parameter. */
9201 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9203 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9205 /* Skip whitespace. */
9206 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9211 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9212 This is the parameter itself. */
9213 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9216 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9218 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9220 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9221 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9222 only in a specific thread. */
9226 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9228 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9229 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9231 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9233 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9234 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9236 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9237 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9238 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9240 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9242 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9243 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9245 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9248 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9250 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9252 mark
= value_mark ();
9253 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9254 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9255 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9258 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9261 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9262 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9267 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9268 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9270 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9272 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9273 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9275 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9278 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9279 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9283 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9284 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9286 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9289 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9290 mark
= value_mark ();
9291 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9297 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9298 val
= value_addr (result
);
9299 release_value (val
);
9300 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9304 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9307 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9309 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9312 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9313 release_value (val
);
9315 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9316 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9318 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9319 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9321 struct expression
*cond
;
9323 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9324 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9325 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9327 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9328 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9329 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9335 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9337 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9338 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9339 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9340 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9342 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9344 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9346 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9347 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9348 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9349 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9350 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9352 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9355 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9356 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9357 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
9359 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9361 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9362 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9364 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9365 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9367 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9368 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9369 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9370 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9371 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9372 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9373 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9374 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9375 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9379 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9380 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
9382 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9384 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9385 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9388 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9389 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9392 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9393 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9395 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9396 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9399 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9400 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9402 /* The above expression is in C. */
9403 b
->language
= language_c
;
9406 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9410 b
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9411 b
->ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9417 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9421 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9427 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9428 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9432 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9433 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9436 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9438 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9439 need to act on them together. */
9440 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9441 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9445 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9447 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9449 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9450 that should be inserted. */
9451 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
9455 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9456 throw_exception (e
);
9459 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
9461 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9462 notify observers. */
9465 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9467 update_global_location_list (1);
9470 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9471 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9474 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9476 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9477 struct value
*head
= v
;
9479 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9480 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9483 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9484 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9485 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9486 hardware watchpoint.
9488 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9489 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9490 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9491 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9492 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9493 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9494 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9495 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9496 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9498 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9499 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9500 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9501 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9502 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9504 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9506 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9507 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9508 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9509 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9510 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9511 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9515 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9516 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9517 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9519 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9520 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9521 middle of some value chain. */
9523 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9524 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9526 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9530 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9531 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9532 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9534 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9538 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9542 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9543 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9544 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9545 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9546 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9549 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9550 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9551 return found_memory_cnt
;
9555 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9557 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9560 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9561 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9562 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9563 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9566 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9568 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9569 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9577 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9578 calls watch_command_1. */
9581 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9583 int just_location
= 0;
9586 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9587 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9589 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9593 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9597 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9599 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9603 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9605 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9609 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9611 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9615 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9617 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9621 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9623 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9627 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9628 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9630 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9632 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9633 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9637 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9638 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9639 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9642 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
9644 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9646 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9648 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9649 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9653 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9655 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9656 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9657 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9658 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9659 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9660 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9662 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9664 clear_proceed_status ();
9666 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9669 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9670 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9671 default_breakpoint_line
, NULL
);
9673 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
9675 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9676 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9679 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9682 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9684 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9687 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9688 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9689 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9690 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9692 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9693 only at the very same frame. */
9694 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9695 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9698 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9700 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9703 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9706 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9708 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9709 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9710 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9712 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9714 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9716 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9717 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9720 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9722 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9723 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9724 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9725 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9727 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9729 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9730 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9732 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9733 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9734 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9736 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9737 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9738 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9742 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9745 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9746 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9748 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9749 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9750 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9751 if clause in the arg string. */
9754 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9758 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9761 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9764 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9765 condition string. */
9766 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9769 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9771 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9776 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9777 process start/exit, etc. */
9781 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9782 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9787 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9788 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9790 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9791 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9792 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9795 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9796 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9797 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9801 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9803 /* The allowed syntax is:
9805 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9807 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9808 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9810 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9811 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9813 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9814 and enable reporting of such events. */
9817 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9818 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9819 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9820 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9822 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9823 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9824 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9825 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9828 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9834 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9835 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9837 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9839 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9841 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9845 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9847 /* The allowed syntax is:
9849 catch exec if <cond>
9851 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9852 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9854 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9855 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9857 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9858 and enable reporting of such events. */
9859 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9860 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9863 static enum print_stop_action
9864 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9866 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9868 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9870 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9871 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9872 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9875 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9877 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9879 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9880 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9882 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9883 : " (exception caught), ");
9884 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9886 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9887 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9888 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9889 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9891 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9895 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9896 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9898 struct value_print_options opts
;
9900 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9901 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9904 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9905 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9907 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9908 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9913 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9914 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9916 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9920 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9925 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9926 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9927 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9928 : _("Catchpoint "));
9929 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9930 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9934 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9935 catch catchpoints. */
9938 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9944 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9945 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9946 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9947 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9950 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9954 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9955 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9956 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
9957 print_it_exception_catchpoint
,
9958 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9959 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
9960 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9961 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9965 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9966 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9968 char *trigger_func_name
;
9970 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9971 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9973 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9975 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9976 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9977 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9978 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9980 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9981 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9988 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9991 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9992 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9994 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9998 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10000 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
10002 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
10003 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10005 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
10006 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
10007 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10009 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
10012 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10015 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10018 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10020 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10022 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10025 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10028 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10030 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10032 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10035 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
10038 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10039 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
10043 struct expression
*cond
,
10044 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10048 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10052 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
10054 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
10056 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
10057 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
10058 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10059 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10060 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10061 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10062 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10063 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10064 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10065 enough for now, though. */
10068 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
10069 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10071 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10072 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10073 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10074 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
10075 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
10076 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
10077 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10078 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10079 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
10084 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10085 update_global_location_list (1);
10088 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
10091 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10092 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10094 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10096 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10097 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10098 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
10099 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10100 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
10101 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10103 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10107 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
10108 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
10109 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
10110 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
10114 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10116 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
10118 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
10119 VEC_free (int, iter
);
10122 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10123 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10125 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
10127 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
10128 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
10130 while (*arg
!= '\0')
10132 int i
, syscall_number
;
10134 char cur_name
[128];
10137 /* Skip whitespace. */
10138 while (isspace (*arg
))
10141 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
10142 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
10143 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
10146 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10147 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10148 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10149 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10152 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10154 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10156 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10157 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10158 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10159 syscall number to be caught. */
10160 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10163 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10164 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10167 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10171 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10174 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10175 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10180 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10182 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10183 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10184 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10185 this architecture yet."));
10187 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10189 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10191 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10192 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10193 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10194 for his/her architecture. */
10195 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10197 /* The allowed syntax is:
10199 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10201 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10204 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
10208 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
10209 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
10212 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10215 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10216 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10218 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10220 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10221 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10222 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10224 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10228 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
10229 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
10230 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10234 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10236 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10241 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10243 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10246 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10249 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10251 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10252 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10255 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10256 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10261 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
10266 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10267 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10268 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10269 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10270 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
10271 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
10272 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
10273 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
10274 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10275 error (_("No source file specified."));
10277 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10283 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10284 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10285 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10286 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10288 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10289 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10290 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10291 due to optimization, all in one block.
10293 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10294 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10295 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10296 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10297 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10298 to support that. */
10300 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10301 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10302 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10306 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10308 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10309 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10310 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10313 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10318 1 0 <can't happen> */
10320 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10322 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10326 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10327 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10329 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10330 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10332 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
10333 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10334 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10335 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10336 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
10337 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
10338 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
10339 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10340 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10341 && filename_cmp (b
->source_file
,
10342 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10343 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10344 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10353 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10356 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10357 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10360 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10362 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10365 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10366 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10369 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10370 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10372 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10374 breakpoints_changed ();
10376 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10379 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10380 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10383 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10386 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10387 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10388 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10391 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10393 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10395 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10396 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10397 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10399 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10403 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10408 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10409 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10410 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10411 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10412 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10413 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10416 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10418 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10419 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10420 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10421 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10422 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10424 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10425 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10427 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10428 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10429 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10431 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10432 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10434 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10435 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10436 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10438 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10441 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10442 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10443 content of the bp_location array. */
10446 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10448 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10450 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10451 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10453 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10455 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10457 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10460 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10461 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10463 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10464 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10465 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10466 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10468 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10470 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10471 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10472 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10473 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10477 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10478 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10479 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10480 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10481 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10482 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10483 returns true on them.
10485 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10486 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10487 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10488 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10489 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10490 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10493 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10495 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10496 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10497 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10499 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10500 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10501 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10502 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10503 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10505 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10506 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10507 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10508 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10510 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10511 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10512 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10513 unsigned old_location_count
;
10515 old_location
= bp_location
;
10516 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10517 bp_location
= NULL
;
10518 bp_location_count
= 0;
10519 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10522 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10523 bp_location_count
++;
10525 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10526 locp
= bp_location
;
10527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10528 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10530 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10531 bp_location_compare
);
10533 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10535 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10536 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10537 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10538 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10539 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10542 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10543 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10545 locp
= bp_location
;
10546 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10549 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10550 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10552 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10553 not, we have to free it. */
10554 int found_object
= 0;
10555 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10556 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10559 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10560 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10561 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10562 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10566 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10567 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10570 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10577 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10578 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10579 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10580 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10581 at certain location is not inserted. */
10583 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10585 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10588 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10590 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10591 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10592 keep_in_target
= 1;
10596 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10597 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10598 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10599 this one from the target. */
10601 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10602 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10605 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10606 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10609 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10611 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10613 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10614 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10616 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
10618 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10619 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10620 supported, but the latter are. */
10621 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10623 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10624 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10627 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10629 loc2
->inserted
= 1;
10630 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
10631 keep_in_target
= 1;
10639 if (!keep_in_target
)
10641 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10643 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10644 this location on the global list, and try to
10645 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10646 reason why we will succeed next time.
10648 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10649 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10650 only after calling us. */
10651 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10652 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10653 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10661 if (removed
&& non_stop
10662 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10663 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10665 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10666 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10667 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10668 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10669 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10670 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10671 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10672 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10673 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10674 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10675 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10676 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10677 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10678 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10681 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10682 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10684 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10685 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10686 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10687 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10688 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10689 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10690 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10691 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10692 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10693 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10694 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10695 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10696 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10699 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10700 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10701 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10702 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10704 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10705 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10706 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10707 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10708 traps we can no longer explain. */
10710 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10711 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10713 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10717 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10718 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10723 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10724 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10725 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10726 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10727 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10728 are sorted first for the same address.
10730 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10731 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10733 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10734 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10735 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10736 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10739 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10741 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10742 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10744 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
10745 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
10746 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
10748 || loc
->shlib_disabled
10749 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10750 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10753 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10754 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10755 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10756 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10757 "actually inserted"));
10759 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10760 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10761 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10762 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10763 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10764 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10766 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10768 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10769 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10770 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10772 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10773 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10777 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10779 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10780 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10781 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10782 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10783 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10786 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10787 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10788 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10789 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10791 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10795 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10797 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10800 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10801 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10803 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10804 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10810 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10812 struct gdb_exception e
;
10814 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10815 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10818 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10821 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10825 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10826 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10828 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10829 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10830 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10834 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10836 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10838 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10840 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10844 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10848 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10850 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10852 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10854 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10855 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10858 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10859 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10860 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10861 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10862 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10865 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10866 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10867 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10868 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10870 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10873 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10874 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10875 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
10877 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10879 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10880 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
->related_breakpoint
);
10881 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10882 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
);
10884 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10885 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
10886 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
10887 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
10888 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
10891 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10892 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10893 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10894 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10896 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
10898 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10899 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10902 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10904 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10908 if (bpt
->ops
!= NULL
&& bpt
->ops
->dtor
!= NULL
)
10909 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
10911 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10912 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10913 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10914 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10915 xfree (bpt
->addr_string_range_end
);
10917 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10918 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10919 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10920 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10921 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
10924 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10926 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10927 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10928 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10929 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10930 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10931 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10932 commands won't work. */
10934 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10936 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10937 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10938 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10939 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10940 might be better design to have location completely
10941 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10942 update_global_location_list (0);
10945 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10946 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10947 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10953 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10955 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10959 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10961 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10964 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10965 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10969 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
10973 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10978 struct breakpoint
*next
;
10980 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10981 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
10983 if (next
== related
)
10985 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10986 function (related
, data
);
10988 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10989 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10994 function (related
, data
);
10998 while (related
!= b
);
11002 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11004 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11007 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11008 delete_breakpoint. */
11011 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11017 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11019 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11025 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
11027 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11028 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11029 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11031 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11033 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
11037 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11039 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11042 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
11043 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11047 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11051 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11053 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11054 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11059 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11060 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11061 Null names are ignored. */
11064 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
11066 struct bp_location
*l
;
11067 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
11068 (int (*) (const void *,
11069 const void *)) streq
,
11070 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
11072 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
11075 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
11077 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11081 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
11083 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11087 htab_delete (htab
);
11093 htab_delete (htab
);
11097 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11098 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11099 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11100 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11101 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11102 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11103 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11104 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11107 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11108 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11109 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11110 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11111 in the sources, and output a warning.
11113 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11114 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11115 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11116 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11117 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11120 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11121 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11122 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11123 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11124 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11125 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11126 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11127 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11128 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11130 static struct symtab_and_line
11131 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11133 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11139 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11141 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11143 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11144 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11146 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11148 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11149 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11150 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11155 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11157 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11159 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11160 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11162 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11165 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11167 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11169 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11170 struct symbol
*sym
;
11171 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
11173 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11175 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11176 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
11178 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11179 "found at previous line number"),
11180 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11184 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11186 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11187 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11188 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11191 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11192 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11193 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11195 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11196 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11200 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11203 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11206 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11207 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11209 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11211 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11213 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11215 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11217 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11218 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11219 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
11221 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11224 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11230 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11231 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11234 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11238 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11241 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11244 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11251 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11257 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11258 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11259 a ranged breakpoint. */
11262 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11263 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11264 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11267 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11269 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11270 gdb_assert (sals_end
.nelts
== 0 || (sals
.nelts
== 1 && sals_end
.nelts
== 1));
11272 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11273 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11274 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11275 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11276 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11277 individual locations. */
11278 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11283 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11285 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
11286 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11288 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11290 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11293 struct gdb_exception e
;
11295 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11296 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11298 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11303 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11304 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11305 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11306 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11310 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
11311 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11312 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
11313 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11315 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
11317 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
11318 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
11320 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11322 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11324 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11328 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11329 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11330 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11332 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11335 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11336 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11337 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11338 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11339 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11340 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11341 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11343 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11345 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11347 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11348 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11350 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11351 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11359 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11360 if (l
->function_name
11361 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11371 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11372 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11374 update_global_location_list (1);
11377 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11378 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11380 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11381 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11385 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11386 struct gdb_exception e
;
11389 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11391 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11395 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11396 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11398 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11402 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11405 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11409 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11410 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11411 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11412 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11413 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11414 state, then user already saw the message about that
11415 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11417 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11418 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11419 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11420 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11421 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11423 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11425 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11426 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11427 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11428 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11429 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11430 which approach is better. */
11431 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11432 throw_exception (e
);
11436 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11438 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
11440 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
11441 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11443 char *cond_string
= 0;
11447 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11448 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11450 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11451 b
->thread
= thread
;
11453 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11456 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11457 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11467 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11468 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11469 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11472 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11475 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11476 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11477 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11478 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11480 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11481 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11482 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11483 set_language (b
->language
);
11485 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11488 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11489 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
11492 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11494 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11497 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11498 expanded_end
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11502 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11503 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11506 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11507 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11508 Unused in this case. */
11511 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11513 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11514 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11519 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11522 case bp_breakpoint
:
11523 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11524 case bp_tracepoint
:
11525 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11526 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11527 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11528 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11529 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
11532 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
11534 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11535 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11539 re_set_breakpoint (b
);
11542 case bp_watchpoint
:
11543 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11544 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11545 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11546 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11547 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11549 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11550 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11551 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11552 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11554 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11555 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11556 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11557 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11558 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11559 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11562 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11563 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11564 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11565 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11567 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11568 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11570 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11571 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11572 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
11574 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11575 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11577 case bp_catchpoint
:
11581 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
11583 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11584 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11585 case bp_overlay_event
:
11586 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11587 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11588 case bp_exception_master
:
11589 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11592 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11593 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11594 case bp_shlib_event
:
11596 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11597 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11598 case bp_thread_event
:
11600 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11601 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11602 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11603 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11604 rerun the executable. */
11607 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
11608 case bp_call_dummy
:
11609 case bp_std_terminate
:
11610 case bp_step_resume
:
11611 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
11613 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
11615 case bp_exception_resume
:
11617 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
11624 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11626 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11628 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11629 enum language save_language
;
11630 int save_input_radix
;
11631 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11633 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11634 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11635 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11639 /* Format possible error msg. */
11640 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11642 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11643 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11644 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11646 set_language (save_language
);
11647 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11649 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11651 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11653 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11654 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11655 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11656 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11659 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11661 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11662 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11664 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11666 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11668 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11669 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11671 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11672 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11673 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11675 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11679 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11680 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11681 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11684 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
11686 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11692 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
11694 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
11696 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
11697 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11702 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
11706 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11707 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11709 else if (count
== 1)
11710 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11713 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11714 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11717 breakpoints_changed ();
11718 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11722 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
11725 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11728 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11734 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11736 num
= get_number (&p
);
11738 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
11740 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11742 set_ignore_count (num
,
11743 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
11746 printf_filtered ("\n");
11749 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11750 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11753 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11758 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
11760 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
11763 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11765 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
11767 while (!state
.finished
)
11769 char *p
= state
.string
;
11773 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
11776 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
11780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
11781 if (b
->number
== num
)
11784 function (b
, data
);
11788 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
11793 static struct bp_location
*
11794 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
11796 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
11800 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11801 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11806 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11808 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11811 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
11816 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
11817 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11820 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11822 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
11826 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
11829 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
11835 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11836 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11837 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11840 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11842 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11843 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11844 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11845 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11848 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11849 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11852 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11854 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11855 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11857 struct bp_location
*location
;
11859 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11860 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
11863 update_global_location_list (0);
11865 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11868 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11871 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11873 disable_breakpoint (b
);
11876 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11877 disable_breakpoint. */
11880 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11882 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11886 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11890 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11893 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11894 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11896 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11898 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11902 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11903 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11904 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11905 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
11907 update_global_location_list (0);
11910 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11914 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
11916 int target_resources_ok
;
11918 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11921 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11922 target_resources_ok
=
11923 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
11925 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
11926 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11927 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
11928 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11931 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11933 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11934 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
11935 struct gdb_exception e
;
11937 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11939 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
11940 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11941 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11945 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
11946 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11952 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11953 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11955 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11956 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11958 struct bp_location
*location
;
11960 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11961 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
11964 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11965 update_global_location_list (1);
11966 breakpoints_changed ();
11968 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11973 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11975 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11979 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11981 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11984 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11985 enable_breakpoint. */
11988 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11990 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11993 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11994 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11995 in stopping the inferior. */
11998 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12002 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
12004 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
12005 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
12006 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
12008 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
12010 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
12014 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12015 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
12016 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
12017 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
12019 update_global_location_list (1);
12022 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12026 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
12028 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
12030 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
12034 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12036 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
12038 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12042 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12044 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12048 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
12050 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
12052 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
12056 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12058 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12062 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12067 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12071 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12072 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12076 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
12077 const bfd_byte
*data
)
12079 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12082 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
12083 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
12084 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
12086 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12088 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12089 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12090 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
12091 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
12093 value_free (bp
->val
);
12100 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12102 struct symtabs_and_lines
12103 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
12105 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12108 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12109 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
12110 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
12111 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
12112 default_breakpoint_line
,
12115 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
12116 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
12118 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
12122 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12123 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12124 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12125 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12129 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12130 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
12132 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
12134 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12136 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12137 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12139 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12141 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12149 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12150 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12153 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12155 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12158 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12164 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12167 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12168 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12170 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12173 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12174 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12179 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12181 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12182 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12186 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12187 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12188 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12191 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12192 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12193 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12194 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12195 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12196 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12198 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12199 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12200 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12201 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12204 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12205 were inserted or not. */
12208 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12210 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12211 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12214 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12217 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12219 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12221 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12223 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12224 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12225 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12226 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12228 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12230 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12231 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12232 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12233 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12237 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12238 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12239 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12243 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12247 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12248 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12250 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12251 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12252 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12256 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12260 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12264 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12265 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12266 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12267 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12270 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12274 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12279 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12281 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12283 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12284 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12292 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12293 non-zero otherwise. */
12295 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12297 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12298 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12299 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12306 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12308 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12310 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12314 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12316 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12319 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12321 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
12323 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12327 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12329 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12339 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12341 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12342 char *text
, char *word
)
12344 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12346 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12352 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12354 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12356 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12358 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12359 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12363 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12365 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12367 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12369 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12370 0 /* Ignore count */,
12371 pending_break_support
,
12376 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12380 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12382 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12384 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12386 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12387 0 /* Ignore count */,
12388 pending_break_support
,
12393 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12396 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12399 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12401 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12403 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12405 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12406 0 /* Ignore count */,
12407 pending_break_support
,
12412 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12415 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12416 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12418 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12419 static int next_cmd
;
12422 read_uploaded_action (void)
12426 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12433 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12434 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12435 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12436 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12437 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12439 struct breakpoint
*
12440 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12442 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12443 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12445 if (utp
->at_string
)
12446 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12449 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12450 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12451 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12453 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12454 "source location, using raw address"),
12456 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12457 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12460 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12461 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12462 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12463 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12466 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12468 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12470 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12471 0 /* Ignore count */,
12472 pending_break_support
,
12475 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12479 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12481 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12482 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12483 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12487 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
12489 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12492 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12493 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12494 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12496 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12498 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12503 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12505 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
12507 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12508 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12509 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12510 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12516 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12520 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12524 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12526 if (num_printed
== 0)
12528 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12529 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12531 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12534 default_collect_info ();
12537 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12538 Not supported by all targets. */
12540 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12542 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12545 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12546 Not supported by all targets. */
12548 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12550 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12553 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12555 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12557 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12563 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12565 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12566 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12567 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12569 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12570 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12572 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12576 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12578 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12581 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12586 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12589 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12592 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint
*bp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12594 bp
->pass_count
= count
;
12595 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp
->number
);
12597 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12598 bp
->number
, count
);
12601 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12603 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12604 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12605 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12608 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12610 struct breakpoint
*t1
;
12611 unsigned int count
;
12613 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12614 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12615 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12617 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12619 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12622 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12624 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12626 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12628 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1
)
12630 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12633 else if (*args
== '\0')
12635 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12637 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12641 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12643 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12644 while (!state
.finished
)
12646 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12648 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12653 struct breakpoint
*
12654 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12656 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12658 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12659 if (t
->number
== num
)
12665 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12666 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12669 struct breakpoint
*
12670 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
12672 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12674 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12675 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
12681 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12682 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12683 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12684 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12685 struct breakpoint
*
12686 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
12687 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
12690 extern int tracepoint_count
;
12691 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12693 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
12697 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
12698 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
12700 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
12703 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
12705 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12708 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
12712 if (instring
&& *instring
)
12713 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12716 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12717 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12721 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12722 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
12727 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
12731 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12732 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12733 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12737 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
12738 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
12740 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12743 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
12744 struct ui_file
*fp
;
12745 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
12747 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
12748 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12750 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12753 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12754 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12757 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12758 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12763 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
12765 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
12767 /* We can stop searching. */
12774 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12778 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
12779 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
12780 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
12782 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12783 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
12784 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
12786 if (extra_trace_bits
)
12787 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
12789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12791 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12792 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12795 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12796 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12799 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
&& tp
->ops
->print_recreate
!= NULL
)
12800 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
12803 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12805 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12807 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12809 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12811 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12813 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12814 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12816 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12818 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
12819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12820 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12822 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
12824 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12825 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
12827 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12828 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12830 if (tp
->exp_string
)
12831 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
12832 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
12833 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12838 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
12839 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
12843 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
12844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
12847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
12849 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
12851 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12852 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12855 if (tp
->cond_string
)
12856 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
12858 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
12859 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
12861 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12862 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12866 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
12868 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
12870 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
12871 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12873 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
12875 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
12878 throw_exception (ex
);
12880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
12883 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
12884 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
12886 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12887 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12888 special, and not user visible. */
12889 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
12891 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12894 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
12896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
12900 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
12901 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
12903 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
12905 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
12908 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12911 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12913 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
12916 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12919 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12921 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
12924 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12926 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
12927 all_tracepoints (void)
12929 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
12930 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12932 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
12934 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
12941 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12942 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12943 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12945 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12946 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12947 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12948 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12949 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12950 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12951 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12952 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12954 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12955 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12957 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12958 conditions are different.\n\
12960 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12962 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12963 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
12965 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12966 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12968 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12969 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12971 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12972 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12973 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12974 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12975 char *text
, char *word
),
12976 void *user_data_catch
,
12977 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12979 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12981 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12983 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12984 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12985 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12987 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12989 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12990 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12991 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12995 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12997 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12998 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12999 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
13003 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13005 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13006 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13007 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
13010 struct breakpoint
*
13011 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
13014 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13018 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
13026 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13028 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
13030 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
13031 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
13032 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
13034 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
13036 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
13037 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13038 before a breakpoint is set. */
13039 breakpoint_count
= 0;
13041 tracepoint_count
= 0;
13043 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
13044 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13045 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13047 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13049 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
13050 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13051 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13052 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13053 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13054 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13055 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13056 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13058 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
13059 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13060 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13061 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13063 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
13064 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13065 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13066 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13067 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13069 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13070 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13072 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
13073 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13074 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13075 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13077 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13078 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13080 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
13081 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13082 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13083 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13085 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13086 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13088 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13089 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13090 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13091 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13092 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13093 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13094 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13096 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13097 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13098 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13099 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13100 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13101 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13103 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13105 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13106 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13107 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13108 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13109 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13110 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
13112 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13113 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13117 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13118 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13122 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13123 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13124 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13127 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13128 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13129 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13132 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13133 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13134 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13135 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13136 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13137 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13138 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13139 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13141 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13142 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13143 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13144 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13145 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13147 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13148 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13149 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13150 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13151 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13152 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13155 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13156 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13157 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13158 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13160 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13161 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13162 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13163 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13164 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13166 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13167 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13168 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13169 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13171 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13172 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13173 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13174 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13175 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13178 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13179 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13180 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13181 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13182 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13183 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13185 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13186 is executing in.\n\
13188 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13189 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13191 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13192 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13193 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13194 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13196 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13197 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13198 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13199 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13202 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13206 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13207 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13208 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13209 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13210 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13211 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13212 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13213 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13214 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13215 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13216 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13217 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13218 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13219 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13220 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13221 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13223 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13224 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13225 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13226 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13227 breakpoint set."));
13230 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13231 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13232 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13233 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13234 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13235 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13236 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13237 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13238 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13240 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13241 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13242 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13243 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13244 breakpoint set."));
13246 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13249 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13250 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13251 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13252 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13253 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13254 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13255 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13256 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13257 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13259 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13260 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13261 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13262 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13263 breakpoint set."));
13265 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13266 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13267 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13268 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13269 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13270 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13271 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13272 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13273 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13274 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13275 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13276 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13277 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13279 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13280 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13281 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13282 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13284 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13286 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13287 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13288 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13289 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13291 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13292 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13293 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13294 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13296 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13297 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13298 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13299 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13300 catch_catch_command
,
13304 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13305 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13306 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13307 catch_throw_command
,
13311 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13312 catch_fork_command_1
,
13314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13315 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13316 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13317 catch_fork_command_1
,
13319 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13320 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13321 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13322 catch_exec_command_1
,
13326 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13327 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13328 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13329 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13330 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13331 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13332 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13333 catch_syscall_completer
,
13336 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13337 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13338 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13339 catch_ada_exception_command
,
13343 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13344 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13345 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13346 catch_assert_command
,
13351 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13352 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13353 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13354 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13355 an expression changes.\n\
13356 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13357 the memory to which it refers."));
13358 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13360 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13361 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13362 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13363 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13364 an expression is read.\n\
13365 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13366 the memory to which it refers."));
13367 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13369 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13370 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13371 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13372 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13373 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13374 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13375 the memory to which it refers."));
13376 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13378 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13379 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13381 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13382 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13383 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13384 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13385 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13386 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13387 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13388 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13389 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13392 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13393 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13395 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13397 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13399 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13400 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13402 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13403 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13404 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13406 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13407 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13408 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13409 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13411 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13412 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13414 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13415 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13416 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13418 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13419 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13421 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13422 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13423 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13424 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13425 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13426 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13427 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13428 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13429 the selected stack frame.\n\
13430 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13431 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13432 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13433 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13435 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13437 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13438 conditions are different.\n\
13440 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13441 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13442 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13444 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13445 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13446 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13447 last tracepoint set."));
13449 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13451 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13452 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13453 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13454 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13457 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13458 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13459 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13460 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13462 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13464 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13465 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13466 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13467 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13469 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13471 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13472 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13473 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13474 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13475 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13477 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13478 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13479 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13480 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13482 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13483 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13484 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13485 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13486 session to restore them."),
13488 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13490 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13491 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13492 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13494 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13496 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13497 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13499 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13500 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13501 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13502 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13503 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13504 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13505 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13506 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13507 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13508 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13509 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13510 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13512 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13513 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13514 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13515 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13516 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13517 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13518 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13519 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13521 show_pending_break_support
,
13522 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13523 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13525 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13527 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
13528 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
13529 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13530 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13531 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13532 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13533 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13535 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
13536 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13537 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13539 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
13540 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
13541 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13542 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13543 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13544 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13545 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13546 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13547 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13548 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13549 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13550 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13552 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
13553 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13554 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13556 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
13557 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13558 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13559 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13560 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13561 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13562 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13563 or the start of the range\n\
13564 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13565 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13566 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13568 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13569 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13570 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13572 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
13574 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);